1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
7 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
8 <mark@codesourcery.com>
9 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
10 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
12 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
14 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
15 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
16 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
17 (at your option) any later version.
19 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
20 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
21 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
22 GNU General Public License for more details.
24 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
25 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
26 Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
28 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
33 #include "libiberty.h"
35 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
40 #include "coff/symconst.h"
41 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
42 #include "coff/mips.h"
46 /* This structure is used to hold .got entries while estimating got
50 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
52 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
53 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
57 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
59 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
60 that should be added to the symbol value. */
62 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
63 corresponding to a global symbol in the got (or, local, if
65 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
67 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
68 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
69 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
73 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
77 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
79 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
80 /* The number of global .got entries. */
81 unsigned int global_gotno
;
82 /* The number of local .got entries. */
83 unsigned int local_gotno
;
84 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
85 unsigned int assigned_gotno
;
86 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
87 struct htab
*got_entries
;
88 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
89 unless multi-got was necessary. */
91 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
92 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
93 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
96 /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
98 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
{
100 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
103 /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
104 create and merge bfd's gots. */
106 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
108 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
110 /* The output bfd. */
112 /* The link information. */
113 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
114 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
115 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
117 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
118 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
120 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
121 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
123 unsigned int max_count
;
124 /* The number of local and global entries in the primary got. */
125 unsigned int primary_count
;
126 /* The number of local and global entries in the current got. */
127 unsigned int current_count
;
130 /* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
132 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
134 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
136 unsigned int needed_relocs
;
137 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
140 struct _mips_elf_section_data
142 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
145 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
150 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
151 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
153 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
154 the dynamic symbols. */
156 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
158 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
160 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
161 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
163 long min_got_dynindx
;
164 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
165 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
166 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
167 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
168 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
169 symbol without a GOT entry. */
170 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
173 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
174 the global hash table. */
176 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
178 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
180 /* External symbol information. */
183 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
185 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
187 /* If the R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 reloc is against
188 a readonly section. */
189 bfd_boolean readonly_reloc
;
191 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
192 related to taking the function's address, i.e. any but
193 R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones -- see "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition",
195 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
;
197 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
198 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
201 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is set if this symbol appears
202 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
203 bfd_boolean need_fn_stub
;
205 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
206 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
209 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
210 being called returns a floating point value. */
211 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
213 /* Are we forced local? .*/
214 bfd_boolean forced_local
;
217 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
219 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
221 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
223 /* We no longer use this. */
224 /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
225 bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex
[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
];
227 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
228 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
229 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
230 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
231 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
232 entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
233 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
234 /* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
236 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
237 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
240 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
245 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
246 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
247 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
251 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
253 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
256 "_procedure_string_table",
257 "_procedure_table_size",
261 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
266 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
267 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
268 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
269 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
270 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
271 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
280 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
281 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
282 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
286 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
287 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
288 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
289 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
290 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
291 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
296 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
297 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
298 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
299 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
300 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
308 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
314 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
316 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
318 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
319 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
320 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
321 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
322 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
323 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
324 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
325 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
327 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
328 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
329 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
330 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
331 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
333 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
334 has different meaning for each type:
337 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
338 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
339 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
340 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
343 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
344 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
345 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
346 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
348 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
349 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
350 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
351 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
353 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
354 loader for use by the static exception system. */
356 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
357 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
358 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
359 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
360 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
361 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
362 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
363 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
364 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
365 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
367 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
369 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
370 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
372 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
373 (struct bfd_hash_entry
*, struct bfd_hash_table
*, const char *);
374 static void ecoff_swap_rpdr_out
375 (bfd
*, const RPDR
*, struct rpdr_ext
*);
376 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_procedure_table
377 (void *, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, asection
*,
378 struct ecoff_debug_info
*);
379 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
380 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
381 static void bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in
382 (bfd
*, const Elf32_External_gptab
*, Elf32_gptab
*);
383 static void bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out
384 (bfd
*, const Elf32_gptab
*, Elf32_External_gptab
*);
385 static void bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out
386 (bfd
*, const Elf32_compact_rel
*, Elf32_External_compact_rel
*);
387 static void bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out
388 (bfd
*, const Elf32_crinfo
*, Elf32_External_crinfo
*);
389 static int sort_dynamic_relocs
390 (const void *, const void *);
391 static int sort_dynamic_relocs_64
392 (const void *, const void *);
393 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_output_extsym
394 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
395 static int gptab_compare
396 (const void *, const void *);
397 static asection
*mips_elf_rel_dyn_section
398 (bfd
*, bfd_boolean
);
399 static asection
*mips_elf_got_section
400 (bfd
*, bfd_boolean
);
401 static struct mips_got_info
*mips_elf_got_info
402 (bfd
*, asection
**);
403 static bfd_vma mips_elf_local_got_index
404 (bfd
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_vma
);
405 static bfd_vma mips_elf_global_got_index
406 (bfd
*, bfd
*, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
407 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got_page
408 (bfd
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
*);
409 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got16_entry
410 (bfd
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_vma
, bfd_boolean
);
411 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got_offset_from_index
412 (bfd
*, bfd
*, bfd
*, bfd_vma
);
413 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
414 (bfd
*, bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
);
415 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table
416 (struct bfd_link_info
*, unsigned long);
417 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
418 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
419 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol
420 (bfd
*, long, bfd_vma
, struct mips_got_info
*);
421 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol
422 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*,
423 struct mips_got_info
*);
424 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*mips_elf_next_relocation
425 (bfd
*, unsigned int, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
426 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_local_relocation_p
427 (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, asection
**, bfd_boolean
);
428 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_overflow_p
430 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
432 static bfd_vma mips_elf_higher
434 static bfd_vma mips_elf_highest
436 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
437 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
438 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_got_section
439 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_boolean
);
440 static bfd_reloc_status_type mips_elf_calculate_relocation
441 (bfd
*, bfd
*, asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*,
442 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_vma
, reloc_howto_type
*,
443 Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
**, bfd_vma
*, const char **,
444 bfd_boolean
*, bfd_boolean
);
445 static bfd_vma mips_elf_obtain_contents
446 (reloc_howto_type
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd
*, bfd_byte
*);
447 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_perform_relocation
448 (struct bfd_link_info
*, reloc_howto_type
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
449 bfd_vma
, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*, bfd_boolean
);
450 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_stub_section_p
452 static void mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
453 (bfd
*, unsigned int);
454 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
455 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
456 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
457 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
458 static void mips_set_isa_flags
460 static INLINE
char *elf_mips_abi_name
462 static void mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol
463 (bfd
*, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*);
464 static bfd_boolean mips_mach_extends_p
465 (unsigned long, unsigned long);
466 static bfd_boolean mips_32bit_flags_p
468 static INLINE hashval_t mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma
470 static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
472 static int mips_elf_got_entry_eq
473 (const void *, const void *);
475 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_multi_got
476 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, struct mips_got_info
*,
477 asection
*, bfd_size_type
);
478 static hashval_t mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
480 static int mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
481 (const void *, const void *);
482 static hashval_t mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
484 static int mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
485 (const void *, const void *);
486 static int mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
488 static int mips_elf_merge_gots
490 static int mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
492 static int mips_elf_set_no_stub
494 static int mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry
496 static void mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries
497 (struct mips_got_info
*);
498 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
499 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
500 static struct mips_got_info
*mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
501 (struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
503 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
504 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
506 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
508 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
509 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
511 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
512 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
513 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
515 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
516 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
518 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
519 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
520 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
522 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
523 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
524 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
526 /* The name of the options section. */
527 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
528 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
530 /* The name of the stub section. */
531 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
533 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
534 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
535 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
537 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
538 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
539 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
541 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
542 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
543 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
545 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
546 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
547 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
549 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
550 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
551 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
553 /* Get word-sized data. */
554 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
555 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
557 /* Put out word-sized data. */
558 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
560 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
561 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
563 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
564 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
565 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
567 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
568 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
570 /* Determine whether the internal relocation of index REL_IDX is REL
571 (zero) or RELA (non-zero). The assumption is that, if there are
572 two relocation sections for this section, one of them is REL and
573 the other is RELA. If the index of the relocation we're testing is
574 in range for the first relocation section, check that the external
575 relocation size is that for RELA. It is also assumed that, if
576 rel_idx is not in range for the first section, and this first
577 section contains REL relocs, then the relocation is in the second
578 section, that is RELA. */
579 #define MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P(abfd, sec, rel_idx) \
580 ((NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr) \
581 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel \
582 > (bfd_vma)(rel_idx)) \
583 == (elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_entsize \
584 == (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela) \
585 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))))
587 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
588 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
589 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
591 /* The number of local .got entries we reserve. */
592 #define MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (2)
594 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
595 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) (0x7ff0)
597 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
599 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(abfd) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) + 0x7fff)
601 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
602 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
604 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
605 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
606 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
608 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
609 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
610 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
611 #define STUB_LI16(abfd) \
613 ? 0x64180000 /* daddiu t8,zero,0 */ \
614 : 0x24180000)) /* addiu t8,zero,0 */
615 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE (16)
617 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
620 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
621 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
622 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
623 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
626 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
627 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
628 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
629 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
630 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
631 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
632 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
633 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
635 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
636 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
638 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
640 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
641 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
644 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
645 floating point arguments.
647 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
648 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
649 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
650 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
651 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
652 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
653 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
654 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
656 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
657 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
658 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
659 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
660 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
661 stub should be discarded.
663 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
664 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
665 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
666 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
667 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
668 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
669 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
672 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
673 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
674 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
676 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
678 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
679 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
680 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
682 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
684 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
685 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
686 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
689 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
691 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
692 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
694 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
697 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
699 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
700 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
702 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
704 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
705 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
706 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
708 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
709 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
711 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
714 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
716 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
718 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
719 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
720 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
724 /* Set local fields. */
725 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
726 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
727 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
729 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
730 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
731 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
733 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
734 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
735 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
736 ret
->forced_local
= FALSE
;
739 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
743 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
745 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
746 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
748 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
751 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
753 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
756 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
757 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
760 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
761 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
764 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
767 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
768 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
770 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
771 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
774 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
775 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
778 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
779 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
781 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
783 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
784 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
788 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
789 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
790 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
792 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
793 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
797 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
798 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
799 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
800 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
801 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
802 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
804 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
805 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
806 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
807 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
808 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
812 debug
->adjust
= NULL
;
819 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
821 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
822 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
823 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
824 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
825 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
826 free (debug
->external_sym
);
827 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
828 free (debug
->external_opt
);
829 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
830 free (debug
->external_aux
);
831 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
833 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
835 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
836 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
837 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
838 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
839 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
840 free (debug
->external_ext
);
844 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
847 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
849 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
850 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
851 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
852 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
853 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
854 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
856 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
857 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
859 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
861 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->exception_info
, ex
->p_exception_info
);
865 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
868 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
869 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
870 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
872 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
873 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
875 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
877 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
878 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
883 unsigned long sindex
;
887 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
895 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
897 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
901 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
903 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
907 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
910 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
911 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
915 size
= sizeof (char *);
916 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
920 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
921 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
922 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
926 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
930 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
933 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, ss
))
937 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
939 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
940 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
942 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
943 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
944 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
945 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
946 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
947 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
948 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
950 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
951 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
955 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
956 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
957 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
960 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
964 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
967 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
969 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
970 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
971 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
972 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
974 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
976 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
978 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
980 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
982 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
984 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
985 matters, but someday it might). */
986 s
->link_order_head
= NULL
;
1015 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1019 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1020 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1022 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1023 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1025 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1026 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1028 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1029 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1030 being included in the link. */
1031 h
->fn_stub
->_raw_size
= 0;
1032 h
->fn_stub
->_cooked_size
= 0;
1033 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1034 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1035 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1038 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1039 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1041 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1042 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1043 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1044 h
->call_stub
->_raw_size
= 0;
1045 h
->call_stub
->_cooked_size
= 0;
1046 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1047 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1048 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1051 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1052 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1054 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1055 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1056 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1057 h
->call_fp_stub
->_raw_size
= 0;
1058 h
->call_fp_stub
->_cooked_size
= 0;
1059 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1060 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1061 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1067 bfd_reloc_status_type
1068 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1069 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
1070 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
1074 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
1076 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1079 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
1081 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1082 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1084 if (reloc_entry
->address
> input_section
->_cooked_size
)
1085 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1087 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
1088 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1090 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
1092 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
1093 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
1094 an external symbol. */
1096 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
1097 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
1099 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
1101 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
1103 + reloc_entry
->address
);
1104 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1108 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
1111 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1113 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1116 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
1117 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
1118 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
1123 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
1125 asection
*input_section
;
1129 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
1131 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
1133 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
1134 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
1135 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
1137 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
1138 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
1139 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
1140 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
1142 bfd_reloc_status_type
1143 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1144 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
1145 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
1146 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1148 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
1150 if (reloc_entry
->address
> input_section
->_cooked_size
)
1151 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1153 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
1155 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1157 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
1159 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
1160 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
1163 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1164 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1166 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1169 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations. This is just
1170 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
1171 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
1173 bfd_reloc_status_type
1174 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1175 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1176 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1178 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
1179 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
1180 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
1181 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
1182 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1183 input_section
, output_bfd
,
1186 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1187 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1190 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
1191 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
1192 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
1194 bfd_reloc_status_type
1195 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1196 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1197 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1201 if (reloc_entry
->address
> input_section
->_cooked_size
)
1202 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1204 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
);
1205 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
1207 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
1208 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
1210 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
1212 /* R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
1213 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS_HI16
1214 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
1215 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
1216 has a rightshift of 0. */
1217 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
1218 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
1220 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
1221 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
1222 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
1224 /* R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16 relocations are relative to the address of the
1225 lo16 relocation, not their own address. If we're calculating the
1226 final value, and hence subtracting the "PC", subtract the offset
1227 of the lo16 relocation from here. */
1228 if (output_bfd
== NULL
&& hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16
)
1229 hi
->rel
.addend
-= reloc_entry
->address
- hi
->rel
.address
;
1231 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
1232 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
1234 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1237 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
1241 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1242 input_section
, output_bfd
,
1246 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
1247 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
1248 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
1250 bfd_reloc_status_type
1251 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1252 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1253 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
1254 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1257 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
1258 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
1260 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
1262 if (reloc_entry
->address
> input_section
->_cooked_size
)
1263 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1265 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
1267 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
1269 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
1270 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
1271 offset or address. */
1272 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1273 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1278 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
1279 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
1280 val
+= symbol
->value
;
1281 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
1283 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
1284 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
1285 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
1289 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
1290 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
1291 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
1292 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
1293 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
1294 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
1297 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
1298 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1300 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
1301 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
1303 + reloc_entry
->address
);
1304 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1309 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1311 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1314 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
1315 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
1318 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
1321 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1322 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1326 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
1327 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
1329 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1330 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1334 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
1335 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
1337 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
1338 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
1339 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
1340 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
1341 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
1342 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
1346 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
1347 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
1351 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
1352 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
1353 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
1354 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
1355 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
1356 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
1357 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
1360 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
1361 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
1362 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
1365 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
1368 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1369 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1370 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1371 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1372 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1373 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1377 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
1378 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
1380 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1381 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1382 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1383 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1384 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1385 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1388 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
1389 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
1390 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
1391 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
1392 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
1395 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
1396 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
1398 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1399 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1400 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1401 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1402 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1403 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1404 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1408 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
1409 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
1411 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1412 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1413 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1414 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1415 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1416 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1417 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1420 /* Swap in an options header. */
1423 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
1424 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
1426 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
1427 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
1428 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
1429 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
1432 /* Swap out an options header. */
1435 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
1436 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
1438 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
1439 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
1440 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
1441 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
1444 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
1445 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
1448 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
1450 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
1451 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
1453 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
1454 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
1456 return ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
1459 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
1462 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
1464 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
1465 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
1467 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1468 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
1469 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1470 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
1472 return (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
)
1473 - ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
));
1477 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
1478 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
1479 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
1480 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
1481 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
1482 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
1483 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
1484 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
1485 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
1486 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
1487 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
1488 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
1489 when generating a final executable. */
1492 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1494 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
1496 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
1498 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1499 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1501 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
1503 else if (((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0
1504 || (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
1505 && (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0
1506 && (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR
) == 0)
1508 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
1509 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
1510 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
1511 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1512 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
1520 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
1523 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
1524 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
1525 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
1526 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
1527 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1528 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
1530 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
1531 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
1535 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
1537 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
1538 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
1539 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
1541 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1542 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1543 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1545 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
1547 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1548 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1549 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
1550 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
1552 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
1554 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1555 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1556 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
1559 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1561 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
1562 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1563 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1568 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1569 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1571 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
1572 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
1573 if (output_section
== NULL
)
1574 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1577 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
1579 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
1580 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
1581 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
1582 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1583 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
1584 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
1585 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
1586 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
1587 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
1588 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
1589 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1590 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
1591 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1592 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
1593 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
1594 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
1595 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
1597 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1601 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
1602 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
1605 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1606 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
1607 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1608 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1610 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
1611 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1612 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
1613 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1615 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1616 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1617 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1618 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1619 + sec
->output_offset
1620 + output_section
->vma
);
1622 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1624 else if ((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
) != 0)
1626 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
1627 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
= h
->no_fn_stub
;
1629 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1631 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1632 no_fn_stub
= no_fn_stub
|| hd
->no_fn_stub
;
1637 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
1638 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
1639 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1641 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1644 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1645 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1646 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.offset
1647 + sec
->output_offset
1648 + output_section
->vma
);
1650 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1658 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
1659 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1662 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1669 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
1672 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
1674 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
1675 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
1677 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
1680 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
1682 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
1685 static INLINE hashval_t
1686 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
1689 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
1695 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
1696 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
1700 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
1702 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1704 return entry
->symndx
1705 + (! entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1707 + (entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)
1708 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
1712 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
1714 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1715 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
1717 return e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
1718 && (! e1
->abfd
? e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
1719 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
1720 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
1723 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
1724 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
1725 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
1729 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
1731 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1733 return entry
->symndx
1735 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1736 : entry
->symndx
>= 0
1738 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
))
1739 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
);
1743 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
1745 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1746 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
1748 return e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
1749 && (e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
1750 : e1
->abfd
== NULL
|| e2
->abfd
== NULL
1751 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
1752 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
1755 /* Returns the dynamic relocation section for DYNOBJ. */
1758 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (bfd
*dynobj
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
1760 static const char dname
[] = ".rel.dyn";
1763 sreloc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, dname
);
1764 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
1766 sreloc
= bfd_make_section (dynobj
, dname
);
1768 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (dynobj
, sreloc
,
1773 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
1775 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
1776 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
1782 /* Returns the GOT section for ABFD. */
1785 mips_elf_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean maybe_excluded
)
1787 asection
*sgot
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
1789 || (! maybe_excluded
&& (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0))
1794 /* Returns the GOT information associated with the link indicated by
1795 INFO. If SGOTP is non-NULL, it is filled in with the GOT
1798 static struct mips_got_info
*
1799 mips_elf_got_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
**sgotp
)
1802 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1804 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
1805 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
1806 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
1807 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
1808 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
1811 *sgotp
= (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0 ? sgot
: NULL
;
1816 /* Returns the GOT offset at which the indicated address can be found.
1817 If there is not yet a GOT entry for this value, create one. Returns
1818 -1 if no satisfactory GOT offset can be found. */
1821 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1825 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1826 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
1828 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
1830 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
, value
);
1832 return entry
->gotidx
;
1837 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
1840 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1844 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
1845 long global_got_dynindx
= 0;
1847 gg
= g
= mips_elf_got_info (abfd
, &sgot
);
1848 if (g
->bfd2got
&& ibfd
)
1850 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
1852 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= 0);
1854 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
1859 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
1861 p
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
);
1863 BFD_ASSERT (p
->gotidx
> 0);
1868 if (gg
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
1869 global_got_dynindx
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
1871 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
1872 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
1873 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
1875 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
1876 index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
1877 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
1878 BFD_ASSERT (index
< sgot
->_raw_size
);
1883 /* Find a GOT entry that is within 32KB of the VALUE. These entries
1884 are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
1885 within 32KB of GP. Return the index into the GOT for this page,
1886 and store the offset from this entry to the desired address in
1887 OFFSETP, if it is non-NULL. */
1890 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1891 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
1894 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1896 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
1898 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
1900 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
,
1902 & (~(bfd_vma
)0xffff));
1907 index
= entry
->gotidx
;
1910 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
1915 /* Find a GOT entry whose higher-order 16 bits are the same as those
1916 for value. Return the index into the GOT for this entry. */
1919 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1920 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
1923 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1924 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
1928 /* Although the ABI says that it is "the high-order 16 bits" that we
1929 want, it is really the %high value. The complete value is
1930 calculated with a `addiu' of a LO16 relocation, just as with a
1932 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
1935 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
1937 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
, value
);
1939 return entry
->gotidx
;
1944 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
1948 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (bfd
*dynobj
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
1949 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma index
)
1953 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1955 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
1956 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
1957 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, g
, input_bfd
);
1959 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ index
- gp
;
1962 /* Create a local GOT entry for VALUE. Return the index of the entry,
1963 or -1 if it could not be created. */
1965 static struct mips_got_entry
*
1966 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
,
1967 struct mips_got_info
*gg
,
1968 asection
*sgot
, bfd_vma value
)
1970 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
1971 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1975 entry
.d
.address
= value
;
1977 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, ibfd
);
1980 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, abfd
);
1981 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
1984 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
1989 entry
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_gotno
++;
1991 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
1996 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
1998 if (g
->assigned_gotno
>= g
->local_gotno
)
2000 (*loc
)->gotidx
= -1;
2001 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
2002 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2003 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
2004 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2008 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
,
2009 (sgot
->contents
+ entry
.gotidx
));
2014 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
2015 appear towards the end. This reduces the amount of GOT space
2016 required. MAX_LOCAL is used to set the number of local symbols
2017 known to be in the dynamic symbol table. During
2018 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections, this value is 1. Afterward, the
2019 section symbols are added and the count is higher. */
2022 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned long max_local
)
2024 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
2025 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2028 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2030 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
2033 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
=
2034 hsd
.min_got_dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
2035 /* In the multi-got case, assigned_gotno of the master got_info
2036 indicate the number of entries that aren't referenced in the
2037 primary GOT, but that must have entries because there are
2038 dynamic relocations that reference it. Since they aren't
2039 referenced, we move them to the end of the GOT, so that they
2040 don't prevent other entries that are referenced from getting
2041 too large offsets. */
2042 - (g
->next
? g
->assigned_gotno
: 0);
2043 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= max_local
;
2044 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
2045 elf_hash_table (info
)),
2046 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
2049 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
2050 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
2051 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
2052 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long)hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
2053 <= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
2055 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
2056 table index in the GOT. */
2057 g
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
2062 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
2063 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
2067 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2069 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
2071 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2072 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2074 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
2076 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
2079 /* Global symbols that need GOT entries that are not explicitly
2080 referenced are marked with got offset 2. Those that are
2081 referenced get a 1, and those that don't need GOT entries get
2083 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
2085 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
2086 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2087 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
2089 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
!= 1)
2090 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
2093 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
2094 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2100 /* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
2101 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
2105 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2106 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2107 struct mips_got_info
*g
)
2109 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2111 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
2113 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2115 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
2119 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2122 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
2128 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2130 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
2133 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
2134 need to do it again. */
2138 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2144 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2146 if (h
->got
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
2149 /* By setting this to a value other than -1, we are indicating that
2150 there needs to be a GOT entry for H. Avoid using zero, as the
2151 generic ELF copy_indirect_symbol tests for <= 0. */
2157 /* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
2158 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
2161 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
2162 struct mips_got_info
*g
)
2164 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2167 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
2168 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
2169 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**)
2170 htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
, INSERT
);
2175 entry
.gotidx
= g
->local_gotno
++;
2177 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2182 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2187 /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
2190 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2192 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*entry
2193 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry_
;
2195 return entry
->bfd
->id
;
2198 /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
2201 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
2203 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e1
2204 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry1
;
2205 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e2
2206 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry2
;
2208 return e1
->bfd
== e2
->bfd
;
2211 /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBDF. G must
2212 be the master GOT data. */
2214 static struct mips_got_info
*
2215 mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
2217 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e
, *p
;
2223 p
= htab_find (g
->bfd2got
, &e
);
2224 return p
? p
->g
: NULL
;
2227 /* Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
2228 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
2232 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp
, void *p
)
2234 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2235 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
2236 htab_t bfd2got
= arg
->bfd2got
;
2237 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2238 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry
, *bfdgot
;
2241 /* Find the got_info for this GOT entry's input bfd. Create one if
2243 bfdgot_entry
.bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
2244 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (bfd2got
, &bfdgot_entry
, INSERT
);
2245 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfdgotp
;
2251 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
2252 (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
2262 bfdgot
->bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
2263 bfdgot
->g
= g
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
2264 bfd_alloc (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
2271 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
2272 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
2274 g
->assigned_gotno
= -1;
2275 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
2276 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
2277 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
2287 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
2288 entryp
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
2289 if (*entryp
!= NULL
)
2294 if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->forced_local
)
2302 /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
2303 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
2304 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
2305 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
2306 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
2307 and then make make the new got current. */
2310 mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_
, void *p
)
2312 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfd2got
2313 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfd2got_
;
2314 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
2315 unsigned int lcount
= bfd2got
->g
->local_gotno
;
2316 unsigned int gcount
= bfd2got
->g
->global_gotno
;
2317 unsigned int maxcnt
= arg
->max_count
;
2319 /* If we don't have a primary GOT and this is not too big, use it as
2320 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
2321 if (! arg
->primary
&& lcount
+ gcount
<= maxcnt
)
2323 arg
->primary
= bfd2got
->g
;
2324 arg
->primary_count
= lcount
+ gcount
;
2326 /* If it looks like we can merge this bfd's entries with those of
2327 the primary, merge them. The heuristics is conservative, but we
2328 don't have to squeeze it too hard. */
2329 else if (arg
->primary
2330 && (arg
->primary_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
) <= maxcnt
)
2332 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
2333 int old_lcount
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
;
2334 int old_gcount
= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
;
2336 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->primary
;
2338 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
2339 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
2341 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
2344 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
2345 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
2346 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
2349 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
>= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
);
2350 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
);
2352 arg
->primary_count
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
2353 + arg
->primary
->global_gotno
;
2355 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
2356 else if (arg
->current
2357 && arg
->current_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
<= maxcnt
)
2359 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
2360 int old_lcount
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
;
2361 int old_gcount
= arg
->current
->global_gotno
;
2363 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->current
;
2365 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
2366 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
2368 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
2371 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
2373 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
>= arg
->current
->local_gotno
);
2374 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->current
->global_gotno
);
2376 arg
->current_count
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
2377 + arg
->current
->global_gotno
;
2379 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
2380 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
2381 overflows anyway. */
2384 bfd2got
->g
->next
= arg
->current
;
2385 arg
->current
= bfd2got
->g
;
2387 arg
->current_count
= lcount
+ gcount
;
2393 /* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
2394 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
2395 got) to the given VALUE.
2397 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
2398 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
2399 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
2400 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
2401 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
2402 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
2403 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
2404 marked as not eligible for lazy resolution through a function
2407 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (void **entryp
, void *p
)
2409 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2410 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*arg
2411 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*)p
;
2412 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
2414 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1
2415 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
2419 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
);
2421 entry
->gotidx
= arg
->value
* (long) g
->assigned_gotno
++;
2422 if (arg
->info
->shared
2423 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
2424 && ((entry
->d
.h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
2425 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
2426 && ((entry
->d
.h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
2427 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)))
2428 ++arg
->needed_relocs
;
2431 entry
->d
.h
->root
.got
.offset
= arg
->value
;
2437 /* Mark any global symbols referenced in the GOT we are iterating over
2438 as inelligible for lazy resolution stubs. */
2440 mips_elf_set_no_stub (void **entryp
, void *p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2442 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2444 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
2445 && entry
->symndx
== -1
2446 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
2447 entry
->d
.h
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
2452 /* Follow indirect and warning hash entries so that each got entry
2453 points to the final symbol definition. P must point to a pointer
2454 to the hash table we're traversing. Since this traversal may
2455 modify the hash table, we set this pointer to NULL to indicate
2456 we've made a potentially-destructive change to the hash table, so
2457 the traversal must be restarted. */
2459 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *p
)
2461 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2462 htab_t got_entries
= *(htab_t
*)p
;
2464 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
2466 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= entry
->d
.h
;
2468 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2469 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2470 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2472 if (entry
->d
.h
== h
)
2477 /* If we can't find this entry with the new bfd hash, re-insert
2478 it, and get the traversal restarted. */
2479 if (! htab_find (got_entries
, entry
))
2481 htab_clear_slot (got_entries
, entryp
);
2482 entryp
= htab_find_slot (got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
2485 /* Abort the traversal, since the whole table may have
2486 moved, and leave it up to the parent to restart the
2488 *(htab_t
*)p
= NULL
;
2491 /* We might want to decrement the global_gotno count, but it's
2492 either too early or too late for that at this point. */
2498 /* Turn indirect got entries in a got_entries table into their final
2501 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info
*g
)
2507 got_entries
= g
->got_entries
;
2509 htab_traverse (got_entries
,
2510 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry
,
2513 while (got_entries
== NULL
);
2516 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
2519 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
2521 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
2524 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
2528 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
2532 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2535 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
2536 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
2539 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2540 struct mips_got_info
*g
, asection
*got
,
2541 bfd_size_type pages
)
2543 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
2544 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
2545 struct mips_got_info
*gg
;
2546 unsigned int assign
;
2548 g
->bfd2got
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
,
2549 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
2550 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
2553 got_per_bfd_arg
.bfd2got
= g
->bfd2got
;
2554 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
2555 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
2557 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
2558 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
2559 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
2560 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
2561 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
2564 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
2565 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
2566 /* Taking out PAGES entries is a worst-case estimate. We could
2567 compute the maximum number of pages that each separate input bfd
2568 uses, but it's probably not worth it. */
2569 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (abfd
)
2570 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
2571 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
- pages
);
2573 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
2574 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
2575 to be the primary GOT. */
2576 htab_traverse (g
->bfd2got
, mips_elf_merge_gots
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
2577 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
2580 /* If we find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
2581 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
2583 g
->next
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
2584 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
2585 if (g
->next
== NULL
)
2588 g
->next
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
2589 g
->next
->global_gotno
= 0;
2590 g
->next
->local_gotno
= 0;
2591 g
->next
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
2592 g
->next
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
2593 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
,
2595 if (g
->next
->got_entries
== NULL
)
2597 g
->next
->bfd2got
= NULL
;
2600 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
2601 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
2603 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
2607 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
2608 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
2609 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
2610 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
2613 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfdgot
;
2616 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
2617 (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
2624 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (gg
->bfd2got
, bfdgot
, INSERT
);
2626 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp
== NULL
);
2630 /* The IRIX dynamic linker requires every symbol that is referenced
2631 in a dynamic relocation to be present in the primary GOT, so
2632 arrange for them to appear after those that are actually
2635 GNU/Linux could very well do without it, but it would slow down
2636 the dynamic linker, since it would have to resolve every dynamic
2637 symbol referenced in other GOTs more than once, without help from
2638 the cache. Also, knowing that every external symbol has a GOT
2639 helps speed up the resolution of local symbols too, so GNU/Linux
2640 follows IRIX's practice.
2642 The number 2 is used by mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f to count
2643 global GOT symbols that are unreferenced in the primary GOT, with
2644 an initial dynamic index computed from gg->assigned_gotno, where
2645 the number of unreferenced global entries in the primary GOT is
2649 gg
->assigned_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
2650 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
2651 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 2;
2655 /* This could be used for dynamic linkers that don't optimize
2656 symbol resolution while applying relocations so as to use
2657 primary GOT entries or assuming the symbol is locally-defined.
2658 With this code, we assign lower dynamic indices to global
2659 symbols that are not referenced in the primary GOT, so that
2660 their entries can be omitted. */
2661 gg
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
2662 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= -1;
2665 /* Reorder dynamic symbols as described above (which behavior
2666 depends on the setting of VALUE). */
2667 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= NULL
;
2668 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
2669 &set_got_offset_arg
);
2670 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 1;
2671 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
2672 &set_got_offset_arg
);
2673 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
2676 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
2677 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
2678 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
2679 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
2680 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
2681 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
2682 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
2683 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
2684 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
2685 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
2686 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
2687 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
2688 points back to the master GOT. */
2689 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
2690 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
2696 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
2698 assign
+= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
2699 g
->assigned_gotno
= assign
;
2700 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
+ pages
;
2701 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
2703 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
2704 list that gg points to. */
2710 /* Mark global symbols in every non-primary GOT as ineligible for
2713 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_no_stub
, NULL
);
2717 got
->_raw_size
= (gg
->next
->local_gotno
2718 + gg
->next
->global_gotno
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2724 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
2725 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
2727 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
2728 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
2729 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
2730 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
2732 /* According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must be
2733 immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
2734 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
2735 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
2736 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
2737 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC. */
2738 while (relocation
< relend
)
2740 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
)
2746 /* We didn't find it. */
2747 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2751 /* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol. */
2754 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
2755 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
2756 asection
**local_sections
,
2757 bfd_boolean check_forced
)
2759 unsigned long r_symndx
;
2760 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2761 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2764 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
2765 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2766 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
2768 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
2770 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
2775 /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol
2776 was forced local. */
2777 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
2778 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
2779 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
2780 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2781 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2782 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2783 if ((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL
) != 0)
2790 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
2793 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
2795 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
2796 /* VALUE is negative. */
2797 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
2802 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
2803 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
2807 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
2809 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
2811 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
2812 /* The value is too big. */
2814 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
2815 /* The value is too small. */
2822 /* Calculate the %high function. */
2825 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
2827 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
2830 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
2833 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2836 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
2839 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
2843 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
2846 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2849 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
2852 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
2856 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
2859 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
2860 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2863 register asection
*s
;
2865 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
2867 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2870 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel");
2872 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
)
2873 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
2874 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
2877 s
->_raw_size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
2883 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
2886 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2887 bfd_boolean maybe_exclude
)
2890 register asection
*s
;
2891 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2892 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
2893 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2896 /* This function may be called more than once. */
2897 s
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
2900 if (! maybe_exclude
)
2901 s
->flags
&= ~SEC_EXCLUDE
;
2905 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
2906 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2909 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
2911 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
2912 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
2913 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".got");
2915 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
)
2916 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
2919 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
2920 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
2921 are not creating a global offset table. */
2923 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2924 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
2925 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
2928 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
2929 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
2930 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
2931 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
2934 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
2937 amt
= sizeof (struct mips_got_info
);
2938 g
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2941 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
2942 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
2943 g
->local_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
2944 g
->assigned_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
2947 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
2948 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
2949 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
2951 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->u
.got_info
= g
;
2952 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
2953 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
2958 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
2959 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
2960 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
2962 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
2963 REQUIRE_JALXP indicates whether or not the opcode used with this
2964 relocation must be JALX.
2966 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
2967 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
2968 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
2969 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
2971 static bfd_reloc_status_type
2972 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
2973 asection
*input_section
,
2974 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2975 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
2976 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
2977 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
2978 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
2979 const char **namep
, bfd_boolean
*require_jalxp
,
2980 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
2982 /* The eventual value we will return. */
2984 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
2987 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
2988 shared object file being produced. */
2989 bfd_vma gp
= MINUS_ONE
;
2990 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
2993 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
2994 bfd_vma gp0
= MINUS_ONE
;
2995 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
2996 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
2997 during execution. */
2998 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
2999 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
3001 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
3002 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
3003 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
3005 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
3006 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
3007 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
3008 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3010 unsigned long r_symndx
;
3012 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
3013 relocation value. */
3014 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
3015 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
3016 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
3018 /* Parse the relocation. */
3019 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3020 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3021 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3022 + input_section
->output_offset
3023 + relocation
->r_offset
);
3025 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
3026 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
3028 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
3029 used in the array of hash table entries. */
3030 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3031 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3032 local_sections
, FALSE
);
3033 was_local_p
= local_p
;
3034 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
3035 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3038 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
3039 must come before globals. */
3043 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
3046 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
3048 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
3049 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
3051 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3052 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
3053 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
3054 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
3055 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
3056 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
3058 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
3060 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3063 /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */
3064 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
3067 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3068 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
3069 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
3072 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
3074 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
);
3078 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
3080 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
3081 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
3082 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
3083 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3084 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3085 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3086 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3088 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3089 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
3091 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
3092 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
3093 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
3094 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
3096 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
3097 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
3098 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_LO16
)
3099 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
3103 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
3104 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
3105 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
3107 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3108 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3109 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
3111 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
3112 if (sec
->output_section
)
3113 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
3114 + sec
->output_section
->vma
3115 + sec
->output_offset
);
3117 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
3119 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
3120 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
3121 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
3122 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
3125 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
3126 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
3128 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0 ||
3129 strcmp (*namep
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
3131 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
3132 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
3133 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
3134 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
3135 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
3137 BFD_ASSERT (! info
->shared
);
3138 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
3143 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
3144 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
3145 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
3146 (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)
3147 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
))))
3148 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
3152 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
);
3155 /* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we
3156 need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in*
3158 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
3159 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
3160 || (local_p
&& elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
3161 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
3162 && !mips_elf_stub_section_p (input_bfd
, input_section
))
3164 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
3165 have already noticed that we were going to need the
3168 sec
= elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
3171 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
3175 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3177 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
3178 need to redirect the call to the stub. */
3179 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
3181 && (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
3182 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
3184 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
3185 out which one to use by seeing which one appears in the input
3187 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
3192 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
3194 if (strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
),
3195 CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
3197 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
3204 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
3207 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
3209 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->_raw_size
> 0);
3210 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3213 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
3214 special jalx instruction. */
3215 *require_jalxp
= (!info
->relocatable
3216 && (((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
3217 || ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
)));
3219 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3220 local_sections
, TRUE
);
3222 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, or the GP value,
3223 and we're going to need it, get it now. */
3226 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
3227 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
3228 /* We need to decay to GOT_DISP/addend if the symbol doesn't
3230 local_p
= local_p
|| _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (&h
->root
, info
, 1);
3231 if (local_p
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
)
3237 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
3238 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
3239 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
3240 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
3241 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
3242 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
3245 /* GOT_PAGE may take a non-zero addend, that is ignored in a
3246 GOT_PAGE relocation that decays to GOT_DISP because the
3247 symbol turns out to be global. The addend is then added
3249 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3250 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3252 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
);
3253 if (! elf_hash_table(info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3255 && (info
->symbolic
|| h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3256 && (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
)))
3258 /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link. The
3259 symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local.
3260 We must initialize this entry in the GOT. */
3261 bfd
*tmpbfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3262 asection
*sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (tmpbfd
, FALSE
);
3263 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (tmpbfd
, symbol
, sgot
->contents
+ g
);
3266 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
)
3267 /* There's no need to create a local GOT entry here; the
3268 calculation for a local GOT16 entry does not involve G. */
3272 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
,
3273 info
, symbol
+ addend
);
3275 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3278 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
3279 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3280 abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
3285 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
3286 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
3287 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
3288 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
3289 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
3290 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
3291 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
)
3292 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
,
3294 (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, NULL
),
3302 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
3306 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
3309 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
3310 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3317 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3319 && ((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
3320 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
3321 && ((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
3322 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)))
3324 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3326 /* If we're creating a shared library, or this relocation is
3327 against a symbol in a shared library, then we can't know
3328 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
3329 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
3332 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
3340 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
3344 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
3345 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
3349 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3354 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL_LO16
:
3355 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
3356 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3359 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
3360 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18) - p
;
3361 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
3362 value
= (value
>> 2) & howto
->dst_mask
;
3365 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16
:
3366 /* Instead of subtracting 'p' here, we should be subtracting the
3367 equivalent value for the LO part of the reloc, since the value
3368 here is relative to that address. Because that's not easy to do,
3369 we adjust 'addend' in _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section(). See also
3370 the comment there for more information. */
3371 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- p
);
3372 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3376 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
3377 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
3378 the output file that's different. That's handled in
3379 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
3380 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
3383 value
= ((addend
| ((p
+ 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol
) >> 2;
3385 value
= (_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 28) + symbol
) >> 2;
3386 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3392 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
3393 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3397 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
3398 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3404 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
3407 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
3408 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
3409 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
3410 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
3411 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
3414 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
3415 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
3418 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
3419 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
3420 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
3421 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
3422 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
3423 not check for overflow here. */
3427 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
3428 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
3429 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
3430 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
3435 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
3436 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
3437 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
3438 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
3439 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
3440 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
3441 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
3442 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
3443 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
3444 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
3445 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
3446 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
3447 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
3448 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
3449 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
3450 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
3454 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3463 /* The special case is when the symbol is forced to be local. We
3464 need the full address in the GOT since no R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
3466 forced
= ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3467 local_sections
, FALSE
);
3468 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
3469 symbol
+ addend
, forced
);
3470 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
3471 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3473 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3474 abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
3475 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3481 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
3484 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3487 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
3488 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
3490 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3494 value
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16) + symbol
- p
;
3495 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3498 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
3499 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
3500 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
3501 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
3502 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
3504 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
3505 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3508 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
3509 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
3510 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
3513 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
3514 /* GOT_PAGE relocations that reference non-local symbols decay
3515 to GOT_DISP. The corresponding GOT_OFST relocation decays to
3519 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
3520 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
3521 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3522 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3523 abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
3524 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3527 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
3529 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
3532 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3536 value
= symbol
- addend
;
3537 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3541 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
3542 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3545 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
3546 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
3547 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3550 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
3551 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
3552 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3557 /* Both of these may be ignored. R_MIPS_JALR is an optimization
3558 hint; we could improve performance by honoring that hint. */
3559 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
3561 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
3562 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
3563 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
3564 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
3567 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
3568 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
3571 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
3573 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
3576 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
3579 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
3580 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3581 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
3584 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
3586 /* Obtain the bytes. */
3587 x
= bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
)), input_bfd
, location
);
3589 if ((ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
3590 || ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_GPREL
)
3591 && bfd_little_endian (input_bfd
))
3592 /* The two 16-bit words will be reversed on a little-endian system.
3593 See mips_elf_perform_relocation for more details. */
3594 x
= (((x
& 0xffff) << 16) | ((x
& 0xffff0000) >> 16));
3599 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
3600 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
3601 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
3602 relocation applies. If REQUIRE_JALX is TRUE, then the opcode used
3603 for the relocation must be either JAL or JALX, and it is
3604 unconditionally converted to JALX.
3606 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
3609 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3610 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
3611 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3612 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
3613 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
3614 bfd_boolean require_jalx
)
3618 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3620 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
3621 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
3623 /* Obtain the current value. */
3624 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
3626 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
3627 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
3629 /* If this is the R_MIPS16_26 relocation, we must store the
3630 value in a funny way. */
3631 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
3633 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
3634 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
3637 The format of these instructions is:
3639 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3640 ! JALX ! X! Imm 20:16 ! Imm 25:21 !
3641 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3643 +-----------------------------------------------+
3645 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
3646 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
3648 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
3649 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
3650 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
3651 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
3652 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
3653 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
3654 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
3655 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
3656 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
3657 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
3660 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
3661 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
3662 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
3663 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
3664 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
3665 value as two 16-bit values.
3667 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
3671 +--------+----------------------+
3675 +--------+----------------------+
3678 +----------+------+-------------+
3682 +----------+--------------------+
3683 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
3684 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
3686 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
3687 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
3688 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
3689 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
3690 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff) */
3692 if (!info
->relocatable
)
3693 /* Shuffle the bits according to the formula above. */
3694 value
= (((value
& 0x1f0000) << 5)
3695 | ((value
& 0x3e00000) >> 5)
3696 | (value
& 0xffff));
3698 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
)
3700 /* R_MIPS16_GPREL is used for GP-relative addressing in mips16
3701 mode. A typical instruction will have a format like this:
3703 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3704 ! EXTEND ! Imm 10:5 ! Imm 15:11 !
3705 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3706 ! Major ! rx ! ry ! Imm 4:0 !
3707 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3709 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
3712 This is handled exactly like R_MIPS_GPREL16, except that the
3713 addend is retrieved and stored as shown in this diagram; that
3714 is, the Imm fields above replace the V-rel16 field.
3716 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately. As
3717 above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
3718 little-endian system. */
3719 value
= (((value
& 0x7e0) << 16)
3720 | ((value
& 0xf800) << 5)
3724 /* Set the field. */
3725 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
3727 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
3731 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
3732 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
3734 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
3735 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
3737 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
3742 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
3746 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. */
3749 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3750 (_("%s: %s+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"),
3751 bfd_archive_filename (input_bfd
),
3752 input_section
->name
,
3753 (unsigned long) relocation
->r_offset
);
3754 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3758 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
3759 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
3762 /* Swap the high- and low-order 16 bits on little-endian systems
3763 when doing a MIPS16 relocation. */
3764 if ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
3765 && bfd_little_endian (input_bfd
))
3766 x
= (((x
& 0xffff) << 16) | ((x
& 0xffff0000) >> 16));
3768 /* Put the value into the output. */
3769 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
), input_bfd
, x
, location
);
3773 /* Returns TRUE if SECTION is a MIPS16 stub section. */
3776 mips_elf_stub_section_p (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
)
3778 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, section
);
3780 return (strncmp (name
, FN_STUB
, sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0
3781 || strncmp (name
, CALL_STUB
, sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
3782 || strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0);
3785 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel.dyn section in ABFD. */
3788 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int n
)
3792 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (abfd
, FALSE
);
3793 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3795 if (s
->_raw_size
== 0)
3797 /* Make room for a null element. */
3798 s
->_raw_size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
3801 s
->_raw_size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
3804 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
3805 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
3806 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
3807 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
3810 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
3811 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3812 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
3813 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3814 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
3815 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
3817 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
3823 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
3824 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3825 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
3826 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
3827 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
3828 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
3829 < sreloc
->_raw_size
);
3832 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
3833 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
3834 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
3835 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
3836 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
3837 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
3840 /* We begin by assuming that the offset for the dynamic relocation
3841 is the same as for the original relocation. We'll adjust this
3842 later to reflect the correct output offsets. */
3843 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
!= ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
)
3845 outrel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
3846 outrel
[2].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
;
3850 /* Except that in a stab section things are more complex.
3851 Because we compress stab information, the offset given in the
3852 relocation may not be the one we want; we must let the stabs
3853 machinery tell us the offset. */
3854 outrel
[1].r_offset
= outrel
[0].r_offset
;
3855 outrel
[2].r_offset
= outrel
[0].r_offset
;
3856 /* If we didn't need the relocation at all, this value will be
3858 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
3863 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
3864 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
3866 else if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -2)
3868 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
3869 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
3870 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
3875 /* If we've decided to skip this relocation, just output an empty
3876 record. Note that R_MIPS_NONE == 0, so that this call to memset
3877 is a way of setting R_TYPE to R_MIPS_NONE. */
3879 memset (outrel
, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
) * 3);
3883 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
3885 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
3886 in the relocation. */
3888 && (! info
->symbolic
|| (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
3889 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)
3890 /* h->root.dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
3892 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
3894 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
3895 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
3896 defined_p
= ((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
3897 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) != 0);
3899 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
3900 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
3901 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
3902 undefined symbols. */
3907 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
3909 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
3911 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3916 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
3921 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
3922 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
3923 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
3924 local symbols because we used to generate them
3925 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
3926 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
3927 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
3928 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
3929 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
3930 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
3932 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
3933 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
3934 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
3935 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
3936 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
3941 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
3942 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
3943 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
3944 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
3945 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
3948 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
3949 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
3950 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
3952 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
3953 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
3954 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
3955 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
3956 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
3957 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
3958 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
3959 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
3960 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
3961 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
3962 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
3963 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
3964 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
3965 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
3968 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
3970 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
3971 correct location in the output file. */
3972 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3973 + input_section
->output_offset
);
3974 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3975 + input_section
->output_offset
);
3976 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3977 + input_section
->output_offset
);
3980 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
3981 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
3982 relocation format is non-standard. */
3983 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
3985 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
3986 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
3988 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
3991 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3992 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
3993 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
3995 /* We've now added another relocation. */
3996 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
3998 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
3999 will be writing to it. */
4000 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
4003 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
4004 if (! skip
&& IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
4006 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
4011 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
4013 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
4014 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
4015 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
4016 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4017 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
4018 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
4020 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
4021 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
4022 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
4024 cr
= (scpt
->contents
4025 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
4026 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
4027 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
4028 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
4029 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
4036 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
4039 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
4041 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
4043 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
4044 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
4046 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
4047 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
4049 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
4050 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
4052 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
4053 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
4055 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
4056 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
4058 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
4059 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
4061 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
4062 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
4064 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
4065 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
4067 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
4068 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
4071 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
4075 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
4079 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
4083 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
4087 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
4091 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
4094 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
4095 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
4098 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
4099 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
4102 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
4103 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
4106 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
4107 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
4115 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
4117 static INLINE
char *
4118 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
4122 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
4123 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
4126 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
4128 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
4132 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
4134 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
4136 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
4138 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
4141 return "unknown abi";
4145 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
4146 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
4147 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
4148 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
4149 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
4150 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
4151 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4152 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
4154 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
4155 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
4156 definition in a shared library. */
4157 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
4158 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4159 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
4161 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use.
4162 This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
4165 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
4167 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
4169 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
4170 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
4172 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
4173 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
4174 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
4175 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
4176 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
4177 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
4178 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
4180 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
4181 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
4182 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
4183 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4184 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4185 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
4186 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
4187 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
4188 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4189 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4191 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4195 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
4196 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
4197 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
4198 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
4201 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
4202 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
4204 /* Initialize the small common section. */
4205 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
4206 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
4207 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4208 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4209 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
4210 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
4211 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
4212 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4213 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4215 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4216 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
4219 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
4220 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4223 #if 0 /* for SGI_COMPAT */
4225 asym
->section
= mips_elf_text_section_ptr
;
4229 asym
->section
= mips_elf_data_section_ptr
;
4235 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
4236 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
4237 same address. For example, if we have code like:
4239 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
4240 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
4243 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
4244 will jump there rather than to .text.
4246 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
4247 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
4250 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
4252 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
4255 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
4256 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
4257 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
4261 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
4263 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
4264 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
4268 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
4269 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
4272 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
4275 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
4276 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
4280 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
4281 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
4282 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
4283 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
4285 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
4287 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
4288 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
4289 so that we don't have to read them again.
4290 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
4291 through the section contents to see if there is an
4292 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
4294 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
4296 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
4297 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
4299 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
4301 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
4303 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4310 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
4311 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
4314 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
4315 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
4318 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4325 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
4326 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
4329 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
4330 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
4337 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
4339 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
4341 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
4342 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
4343 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
4345 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4346 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
4348 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
4350 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4351 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
4353 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
4355 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4356 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
4358 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
4361 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
4363 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
4365 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
4367 unsigned int adjust
;
4369 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
4371 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
4379 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
4380 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
4381 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
4383 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
4387 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
4392 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
4393 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
4394 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
4395 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
4396 probably get away with this. */
4397 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
4399 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
4400 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
4404 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
4407 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
4408 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
4411 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
4412 if (strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) != 0)
4415 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
4416 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
4419 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
4420 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
4422 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
4424 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
4425 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
4426 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
4428 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
4430 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
4431 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
4434 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
4435 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content", sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) != 0)
4438 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
4439 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) != 0)
4442 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
4443 if (strncmp (name
, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) != 0)
4446 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
4447 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
4450 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
4451 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) != 0
4452 && strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
4453 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) != 0)
4460 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
))
4465 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
4466 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
4472 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
4474 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
4475 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
4476 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
4477 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
4478 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
4480 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
4483 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
4484 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
4486 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
4487 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
4490 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
4491 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
4492 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
4493 they should agree. */
4494 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
4496 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
4498 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
4499 if (contents
== NULL
)
4501 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
4508 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
4509 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
4511 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
4513 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
4515 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4517 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
4519 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
4521 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
4522 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
4524 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
4526 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4528 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
4530 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
4532 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
4533 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
4535 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
4545 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
4546 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
4547 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
4550 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
4552 register const char *name
;
4554 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
4556 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
4558 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
4559 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->_raw_size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
4560 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
4562 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
4563 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
4564 else if (strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
4566 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
4567 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
4568 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
4570 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
4571 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
4572 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
4574 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
4575 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
4576 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
4577 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4578 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4580 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
4582 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
4584 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
4585 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
4586 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
4587 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
4589 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4590 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
4592 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
4595 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
4597 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
4598 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
4599 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
4600 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
4602 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
4603 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4605 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
4606 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
4609 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
4610 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
4611 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
4612 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
4613 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
4614 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
4615 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4616 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
4618 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
4619 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4621 else if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content", strlen (".MIPS.content")) == 0)
4623 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
4624 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4625 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
4627 else if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == 0)
4629 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
4630 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
4631 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4633 else if (strncmp (name
, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) == 0)
4634 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
4635 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
4637 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
4638 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
4639 final_write_processing. */
4641 else if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0
4642 || strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
4643 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0)
4645 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
4646 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4647 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
4649 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
4651 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
4652 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
4653 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
4656 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
4657 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
4658 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
4659 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
4660 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
4665 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
4666 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
4667 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
4668 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
4669 the .scommon section. */
4672 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4673 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
4675 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
4677 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
4680 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
4682 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
4688 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
4689 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
4692 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4693 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
4694 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4695 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
4697 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
4698 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
4699 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
4701 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
4706 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
4709 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
4710 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
4711 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
4712 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
4715 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
4716 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
4717 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
4718 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
4722 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
4723 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
4725 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
4726 asection
*elf_text_section
;
4727 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
4729 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4730 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
4733 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
4734 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4735 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
4738 /* Initialize the section. */
4740 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
4741 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
4743 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
4744 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
4746 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
4747 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
4748 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
4749 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
4750 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
4751 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
4752 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
4754 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
4755 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
4756 so I took it out. */
4757 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
4760 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
4761 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
4763 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
4764 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
4766 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
4767 asection
*elf_data_section
;
4768 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
4770 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4771 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
4774 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
4775 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4776 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
4779 /* Initialize the section. */
4781 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
4782 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
4784 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
4785 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
4787 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
4788 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
4789 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
4790 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
4791 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
4792 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
4793 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
4795 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
4796 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
4797 so I took it out. */
4798 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
4801 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
4802 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4806 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
4808 && info
->hash
->creator
== abfd
->xvec
4809 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
4811 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4812 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
4814 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
4816 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4817 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
4818 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
4821 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4822 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
4823 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
4824 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
4826 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4829 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
4832 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
4833 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
4834 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
4835 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
4841 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
4842 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
4843 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
4846 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
4847 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4848 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
4849 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4851 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
4852 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
4853 common in the output file. */
4854 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4855 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
4856 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
4858 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
4859 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
4864 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
4866 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
4869 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4871 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4872 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
4874 register asection
*s
;
4875 const char * const *namep
;
4877 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
4878 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
4880 /* Mips ABI requests the .dynamic section to be read only. */
4881 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4884 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
4888 /* We need to create .got section. */
4889 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
, FALSE
))
4892 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, TRUE
))
4895 /* Create .stub section. */
4896 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
4897 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == NULL
)
4899 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
));
4901 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
| SEC_CODE
)
4902 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
4903 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
4907 if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
|| IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
4909 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
4911 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
4913 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
)
4914 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
4915 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
4919 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
4920 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
4921 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
4922 the linker takes such action. */
4923 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
4925 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
4928 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4929 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
4930 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
4933 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4934 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
4935 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
4936 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
4938 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4942 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
4943 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
4945 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
4949 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
4950 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".hash");
4952 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
4953 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
4955 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
4956 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
4958 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
4959 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
4961 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
4962 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4964 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
4971 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
4973 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4974 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
4975 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
4978 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4979 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
4980 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
4981 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
4983 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4986 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
4988 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
4989 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
4990 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
4991 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
4992 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map");
4993 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4995 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
4997 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4998 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
4999 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5002 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5003 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
5004 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
5005 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5007 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5015 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
5016 allocate space in the global offset table. */
5019 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5020 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
5024 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5025 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
5026 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
5028 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
5029 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
5032 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5034 if (info
->relocatable
)
5037 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5038 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5039 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5040 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5042 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
5044 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
5045 if (strncmp (name
, FN_STUB
, sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5047 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5049 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5052 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
5054 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
5055 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
5059 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
5060 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
5061 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
5062 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5064 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
5065 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
5067 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
5068 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
5069 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
5070 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), FN_STUB
,
5071 sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0
5072 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), CALL_STUB
,
5073 sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
5074 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), CALL_FP_STUB
,
5075 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5079 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
5081 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
5084 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
5085 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
5086 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
5087 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) != R_MIPS16_26
)
5090 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
5099 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
5100 not need it. Since this function is called before
5101 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
5102 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
5104 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5108 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
5110 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
5112 unsigned long symcount
;
5116 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
5117 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
5119 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5120 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
5121 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5124 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
5127 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
5129 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
5130 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
5131 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
5132 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
5136 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5138 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5139 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5141 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5144 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
5147 else if (strncmp (name
, CALL_STUB
, sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
5148 || strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5150 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5151 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5154 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5157 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
5159 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
5160 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
5162 /* This stub was actually built for a static symbol defined
5163 in the same file. We assume that all static symbols in
5164 mips16 code are themselves mips16, so we can simply
5165 discard this stub. Since this function is called before
5166 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we can
5167 easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
5168 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5172 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5173 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5175 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5177 if (strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5178 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
5180 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
5182 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
5183 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
5184 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
5185 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
5186 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. We can also discard this section if we
5187 happen to already know that this is a mips16 function; it is
5188 not necessary to check this here, as it is checked later, but
5189 it is slightly faster to check now. */
5190 if (*loc
!= NULL
|| h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
5192 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5197 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
5207 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
5212 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
5213 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
5214 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
5219 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5220 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
5221 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
5223 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5224 unsigned int r_type
;
5225 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5227 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
5228 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
5230 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
5232 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
5234 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5235 (_("%s: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
5236 bfd_archive_filename (abfd
), name
);
5237 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5242 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
5244 /* This may be an indirect symbol created because of a version. */
5247 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5248 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
5252 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
5253 if (dynobj
== NULL
|| sgot
== NULL
)
5259 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5260 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5261 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5262 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5263 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5264 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
5265 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5267 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
5268 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, FALSE
))
5270 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
5277 && (info
->shared
|| h
!= NULL
)
5278 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5279 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
5287 if (!h
&& (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
5288 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
5289 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
))
5291 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
5292 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
5293 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
5294 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS_GOT16 and
5295 R_MIPS_CALL16. We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
5296 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
5297 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
5298 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
5308 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5309 (_("%s: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
5310 bfd_archive_filename (abfd
), (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
5311 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5316 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5317 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5320 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
5321 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
))
5324 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
5325 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
5326 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
5327 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
;
5332 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5333 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
5334 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
5339 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
5340 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5342 while (hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5343 || hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5344 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5345 hmips
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5347 if ((hmips
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
)
5348 && ! (info
->shared
&& ! info
->symbolic
5349 && ! (hmips
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
5350 & ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL
)))
5356 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5357 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5358 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5359 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
5360 if (h
&& ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
))
5367 if ((info
->shared
|| h
!= NULL
)
5368 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5372 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, TRUE
);
5376 #define MIPS_READONLY_SECTION (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)
5379 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
5380 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
5381 relocs. We make room for this reloc in the
5382 .rel.dyn reloc section. */
5383 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, 1);
5384 if ((sec
->flags
& MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5385 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5386 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
5387 relocations against the text segment. */
5388 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5392 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
5394 /* We only need to copy this reloc if the symbol is
5395 defined in a dynamic object. */
5396 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5397 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
5398 if ((sec
->flags
& MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5399 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5400 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
5401 are relocations against the text segment. */
5402 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
5405 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for
5406 this symbol, a symbol must have a dynamic symbol
5407 table index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are
5408 dynamic relocations against it. */
5412 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
5413 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, TRUE
))
5415 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
5416 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
))
5421 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5422 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
5423 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
5427 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
5428 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
5429 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
5430 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5431 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
5432 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
5435 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
5436 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
5437 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
5438 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
5442 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
5443 used. Record for later use during GC. */
5444 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
5445 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
5453 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
5454 related to taking the function's address. */
5460 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
5462 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5463 mh
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
5467 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5468 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5473 /* If this reloc is not a 16 bit call, and it has a global
5474 symbol, then we will need the fn_stub if there is one.
5475 References from a stub section do not count. */
5477 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
5478 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), FN_STUB
,
5479 sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) != 0
5480 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), CALL_STUB
,
5481 sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) != 0
5482 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), CALL_FP_STUB
,
5483 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) != 0)
5485 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
5487 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5488 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
5496 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
5497 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
5500 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
5501 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
5502 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5503 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
5504 bfd_byte
*free_contents
= NULL
;
5506 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
5507 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5508 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
5510 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
5513 if (link_info
->relocatable
)
5516 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
5517 link_info
->keep_memory
);
5518 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
5521 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
5522 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
5523 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5524 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5526 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
5529 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
5530 unsigned int r_type
;
5531 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5533 unsigned long instruction
;
5535 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
5536 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
5537 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
5538 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
5539 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
5542 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
5543 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
5544 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
5546 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
5547 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5548 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5550 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5551 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5552 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5554 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
5556 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5557 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5558 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
5559 || (link_info
->shared
&& ! link_info
->symbolic
5560 && ! (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL
)))
5563 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5564 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
5565 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
5566 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
5567 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
5569 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
5573 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
5575 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
5576 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
5578 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
5579 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
5580 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
5581 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
5583 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
5587 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
5588 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
5590 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
5591 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
5592 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
5593 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
5596 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
5597 symval
= isym
->st_value
5598 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
5599 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
5602 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
5604 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
5605 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
5607 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
5608 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
5613 /* Check that it's in range. */
5614 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
5617 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
5618 if (contents
== NULL
)
5620 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
5621 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
5622 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
5625 contents
= bfd_malloc (sec
->_raw_size
);
5626 if (contents
== NULL
)
5629 free_contents
= contents
;
5630 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, contents
,
5636 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
5638 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
5639 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
5640 instruction
= 0x04110000;
5641 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
5642 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
5643 instruction
= 0x10000000;
5647 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
5648 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
5649 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
5652 if (contents
!= NULL
5653 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
5655 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
5659 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
5660 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
5666 if (free_contents
!= NULL
)
5667 free (free_contents
);
5671 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
5672 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
5673 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
5674 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
5678 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5679 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5682 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
5685 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5687 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
5688 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
5689 && ((h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
)
5690 || h
->weakdef
!= NULL
5691 || ((h
->elf_link_hash_flags
5692 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0
5693 && (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
5694 & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR
) != 0
5695 && (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
5696 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)));
5698 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, we need to copy
5699 any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output
5701 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5702 if (! info
->relocatable
5703 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
5704 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
5705 || (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
5706 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0))
5708 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
,
5709 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
5710 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
5711 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
5712 against the text segment. */
5713 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5716 /* For a function, create a stub, if allowed. */
5717 if (! hmips
->no_fn_stub
5718 && (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
) != 0)
5720 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5723 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
5724 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
5725 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
5726 executable and the shared library. */
5727 if ((h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)
5729 /* We need .stub section. */
5730 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
5731 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
5732 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5734 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5735 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= s
->_raw_size
;
5737 /* XXX Write this stub address somewhere. */
5738 h
->plt
.offset
= s
->_raw_size
;
5740 /* Make room for this stub code. */
5741 s
->_raw_size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
5743 /* The last half word of the stub will be filled with the index
5744 of this symbol in .dynsym section. */
5748 else if ((h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
5749 && (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
) == 0)
5751 /* This will set the entry for this symbol in the GOT to 0, and
5752 the dynamic linker will take care of this. */
5753 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
5757 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
5758 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
5759 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
5760 if (h
->weakdef
!= NULL
)
5762 BFD_ASSERT (h
->weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5763 || h
->weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
5764 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5765 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5769 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
5770 is not a function. */
5775 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
5776 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
5777 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
5780 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5781 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5787 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
5789 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
5790 bfd_size_type local_gotno
;
5793 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
5794 ri
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
5796 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, ri
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
5798 if (! (info
->relocatable
5799 || ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
))
5800 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
5801 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
, NULL
);
5803 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5805 /* Relocatable links don't have it. */
5808 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &s
);
5812 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
5813 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
5815 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
5817 asection
*subsection
;
5819 for (subsection
= sub
->sections
;
5821 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
5823 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
5825 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->_raw_size
+ 0xf)
5826 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
5830 /* There has to be a global GOT entry for every symbol with
5831 a dynamic symbol table index of DT_MIPS_GOTSYM or
5832 higher. Therefore, it make sense to put those symbols
5833 that need GOT entries at the end of the symbol table. We
5835 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
5838 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
5839 i
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
5841 /* If there are no global symbols, or none requiring
5842 relocations, then GLOBAL_GOTSYM will be NULL. */
5845 /* In the worst case, we'll get one stub per dynamic symbol, plus
5846 one to account for the dummy entry at the end required by IRIX
5848 loadable_size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
* (i
+ 1);
5850 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of
5851 contiguous sections. Is 5 enough? */
5852 local_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
5854 g
->local_gotno
+= local_gotno
;
5855 s
->_raw_size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
5857 g
->global_gotno
= i
;
5858 s
->_raw_size
+= i
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
5860 if (s
->_raw_size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (output_bfd
)
5861 && ! mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, g
, s
, local_gotno
))
5867 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5870 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5871 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5875 bfd_boolean reltext
;
5877 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5878 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
5880 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5882 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5883 if (info
->executable
)
5885 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".interp");
5886 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5888 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
5890 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
5894 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
5895 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
5898 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5903 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
5904 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
5905 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
5907 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
5912 if (strncmp (name
, ".rel", 4) == 0)
5914 if (s
->_raw_size
== 0)
5916 /* We only strip the section if the output section name
5917 has the same name. Otherwise, there might be several
5918 input sections for this output section. FIXME: This
5919 code is probably not needed these days anyhow, since
5920 the linker now does not create empty output sections. */
5921 if (s
->output_section
!= NULL
5923 bfd_get_section_name (s
->output_section
->owner
,
5924 s
->output_section
)) == 0)
5929 const char *outname
;
5932 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
5933 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
5934 If the relocation section is .rel.dyn, we always
5935 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
5936 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
5938 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
5940 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
5942 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
5943 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5944 || strcmp (outname
, ".rel.dyn") == 0)
5947 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5948 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5949 if (strcmp (name
, ".rel.dyn") != 0)
5952 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
5953 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
5954 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
5955 will move them around between input sections'
5956 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
5957 broken, so don't let it run. */
5958 info
->combreloc
= 0;
5961 else if (strncmp (name
, ".got", 4) == 0)
5963 /* _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections() has already done
5964 most of the work, but some symbols may have been mapped
5965 to versions that we must now resolve in the got_entries
5967 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
5968 struct mips_got_info
*g
= gg
;
5969 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
5970 unsigned int needed_relocs
= 0;
5974 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
5975 set_got_offset_arg
.info
= info
;
5977 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (gg
);
5978 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
5980 unsigned int save_assign
;
5982 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
5984 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
5985 save_assign
= g
->assigned_gotno
;
5986 g
->assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
5987 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= g
;
5988 set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
= 0;
5989 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
5990 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
5991 &set_got_offset_arg
);
5992 needed_relocs
+= set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
;
5993 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
- g
->local_gotno
5994 <= g
->global_gotno
);
5996 g
->assigned_gotno
= save_assign
;
5999 needed_relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_gotno
;
6000 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
6001 + g
->next
->global_gotno
6002 + MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
);
6007 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, needed_relocs
);
6010 else if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)) == 0)
6012 /* IRIX rld assumes that the function stub isn't at the end
6013 of .text section. So put a dummy. XXX */
6014 s
->_raw_size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
6016 else if (! info
->shared
6017 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
6018 && strncmp (name
, ".rld_map", 8) == 0)
6020 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
6021 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
6024 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
6025 && strncmp (name
, ".compact_rel", 12) == 0)
6026 s
->_raw_size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
6027 else if (strncmp (name
, ".init", 5) != 0)
6029 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
6035 _bfd_strip_section_from_output (info
, s
);
6039 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
6040 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->_raw_size
);
6041 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->_raw_size
!= 0)
6043 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
6048 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6050 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
6051 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
6052 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
6053 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
6054 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
6057 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
6058 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. */
6059 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
6061 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6063 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
6069 /* Shared libraries on traditional mips have DT_DEBUG. */
6070 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6072 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
6077 if (reltext
&& SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6078 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6080 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
6082 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
6086 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
6089 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
))
6091 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
6094 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
6097 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
6101 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
6104 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
6108 /* Time stamps in executable files are a bad idea. */
6109 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
, 0))
6114 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
, 0))
6119 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_IVERSION
, 0))
6123 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
6126 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
6129 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
6132 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
6135 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
6138 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
6139 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
6142 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
6143 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
6144 (dynobj
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
6145 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
6152 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
6155 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6156 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
6157 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
6158 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
6159 asection
**local_sections
)
6161 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
6162 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
6164 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
6165 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6167 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6168 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
6169 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
6173 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
6174 bfd_boolean require_jalx
;
6175 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
6177 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
6178 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6181 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
6182 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
6184 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
6185 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
6186 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
6187 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
6188 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
6189 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
6190 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
6192 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
6194 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6198 /* NewABI defaults to RELA relocations. */
6199 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
,
6200 NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
6201 && (MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P
6202 (input_bfd
, input_section
,
6205 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
6207 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
6209 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
6210 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
6211 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
6212 RELA relocation. To determine which flavor or relocation
6213 this is, we depend on the fact that the INPUT_SECTION's
6214 REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2. */
6215 rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr
;
6216 if ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
6217 >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
))
6218 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr2
;
6219 if (rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (input_bfd
))
6221 /* Note that this is a REL relocation. */
6222 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
6224 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
6225 addend
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, input_bfd
,
6227 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
6229 /* For some kinds of relocations, the ADDEND is a
6230 combination of the addend stored in two different
6232 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
6233 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16
6234 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
6235 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
6236 local_sections
, FALSE
)))
6239 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
6240 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
6243 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend,
6244 left-shifted by sixteen bits, and the LO16
6245 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the code does
6246 a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of
6249 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation. */
6250 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16
)
6251 lo
= R_MIPS_GNU_REL_LO16
;
6254 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (input_bfd
, lo
,
6256 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
6259 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
6260 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, lo
, FALSE
);
6261 l
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (lo16_howto
, lo16_relocation
,
6262 input_bfd
, contents
);
6263 l
&= lo16_howto
->src_mask
;
6264 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
6265 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
6269 /* Compute the combined addend. */
6272 /* If PC-relative, subtract the difference between the
6273 address of the LO part of the reloc and the address of
6274 the HI part. The relocation is relative to the LO
6275 part, but mips_elf_calculate_relocation() doesn't
6276 know its address or the difference from the HI part, so
6277 we subtract that difference here. See also the
6278 comment in mips_elf_calculate_relocation(). */
6279 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16
)
6280 addend
-= (lo16_relocation
->r_offset
- rel
->r_offset
);
6282 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
)
6284 /* The addend is scrambled in the object file. See
6285 mips_elf_perform_relocation for details on the
6287 addend
= (((addend
& 0x1f0000) >> 5)
6288 | ((addend
& 0x7e00000) >> 16)
6292 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
6295 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
6298 if (info
->relocatable
)
6300 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6301 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6303 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
6304 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6307 /* Since we're just relocating, all we need to do is copy
6308 the relocations back out to the object file, unless
6309 they're against a section symbol, in which case we need
6310 to adjust by the section offset, or unless they're GP
6311 relative in which case we need to adjust by the amount
6312 that we're adjusting GP in this relocatable object. */
6314 if (! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
,
6316 /* There's nothing to do for non-local relocations. */
6319 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
6320 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL16
6321 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
6322 || r_type
== R_MIPS_LITERAL
)
6323 addend
-= (_bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
6324 - _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
));
6326 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6327 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
6328 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
6329 /* Adjust the addend appropriately. */
6330 addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
6332 if (rela_relocation_p
)
6333 /* If this is a RELA relocation, just update the addend. */
6334 rel
->r_addend
= addend
;
6337 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
6338 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
6339 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16
)
6340 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
6341 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
6342 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
6343 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
6344 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
6346 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6348 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
6349 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
6350 source of the addend in the final link. */
6351 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
6353 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
6354 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
6355 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
6356 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
6357 but for endianness. */
6363 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
6365 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
6372 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
6373 do two separate stores. */
6374 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6376 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
6378 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
6384 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
6386 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
6387 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
6388 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
6389 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
6393 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
6394 input_bfd
, input_section
,
6399 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
6403 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
6404 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
6405 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
6407 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
6408 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
6409 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
6410 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
6412 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
6414 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
6415 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
6416 input_section
, info
, rel
,
6417 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
6418 local_sections
, &value
,
6419 &name
, &require_jalx
,
6420 use_saved_addend_p
))
6422 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
6423 /* There's nothing to do. */
6426 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
6427 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
6428 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
6429 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
6430 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
6433 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
6434 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
6435 info
->callbacks
->warning
6436 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
6439 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
6440 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
6441 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
6442 a given location. */
6446 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
6447 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
6448 (info
, name
, howto
->name
, 0,
6449 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
)))
6462 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
6463 until we reach the last one. */
6464 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
6470 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
6471 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
6472 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
6473 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
6474 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
6475 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
6476 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
6477 only a 32-bit VMA. */
6483 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
6485 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
6492 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
6493 do two separate stores. */
6494 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6496 /* Undo what we did above. */
6498 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
6500 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
6506 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
6508 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
6509 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
6510 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
6511 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
6515 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
6516 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
6517 input_bfd
, input_section
,
6518 contents
, require_jalx
))
6525 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
6526 adjust it appropriately now. */
6529 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6530 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
6532 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
6533 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
6534 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
6537 "__dso_displacement",
6539 "__program_header_table",
6543 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
6551 const char* const *p
;
6554 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
6555 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
6558 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
6560 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
6562 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6563 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
6565 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
6567 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
6569 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
6575 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
6576 dynamic sections here. */
6579 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6580 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6581 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6582 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
6587 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
6590 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6591 gval
= sym
->st_value
;
6593 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
6596 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
];
6598 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
6600 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
6602 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
6603 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
6604 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6606 /* FIXME: Can h->dynindex be more than 64K? */
6607 if (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff0000)
6610 /* Fill the stub. */
6611 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
);
6612 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd
), stub
+ 4);
6613 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ 8);
6614 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16 (output_bfd
) + h
->dynindx
, stub
+ 12);
6616 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= s
->_raw_size
);
6617 memcpy (s
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
, stub
, MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
6619 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
6620 only for the referenced symbol. */
6621 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6623 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
6624 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
6625 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
6626 gval
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
+ h
->plt
.offset
;
6627 sym
->st_value
= gval
;
6630 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
6631 || (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL
) != 0);
6633 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6634 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
6635 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
6636 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
6637 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
6639 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
6640 the symbols that need them. */
6641 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
6642 && h
->dynindx
>= g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
6647 value
= sym
->st_value
;
6648 offset
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, h
);
6649 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
6652 if (g
->next
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
6654 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
6660 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
6662 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
6664 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
6667 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
6672 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
6674 && ((p
->d
.h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
6675 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6676 && ((p
->d
.h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
6677 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)))
6679 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
6680 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
6681 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
6682 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
6683 appropriate addend. */
6684 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
6686 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
6687 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6688 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
6690 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
6691 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
6694 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
6695 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
6696 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
6700 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
6701 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
6706 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
6707 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
6708 if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
6709 || strcmp (name
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
6710 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6711 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
6712 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
6714 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6715 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6718 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
6720 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6721 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6722 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
6724 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6726 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
6727 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
6729 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6730 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
6732 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
6734 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
6736 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6737 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
6738 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
6739 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6741 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
6743 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
6744 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
6745 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
6746 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
6750 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
6751 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
6752 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
6756 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
6757 && (strcmp (name
, "__rld_map") == 0
6758 || strcmp (name
, "__RLD_MAP") == 0))
6760 asection
*s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map");
6761 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6762 sym
->st_value
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
6763 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, s
->contents
);
6764 if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
== 0)
6765 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
6767 else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
6768 && strcmp (name
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
6770 /* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section. */
6771 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
6772 || IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_none
)
6773 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map")
6775 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
6779 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
6780 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
6781 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
6786 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
6789 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6790 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6795 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
6797 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6799 sdyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
6801 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6806 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
6807 gg
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
6808 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
6809 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, output_bfd
);
6810 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
6813 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6817 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
6818 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
6820 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
6821 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->_raw_size
;
6822 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
6824 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
6828 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
6830 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
6831 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
6833 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
6839 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6840 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6841 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
6845 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
6847 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
6852 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
6853 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6854 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
6857 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
6858 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
6862 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
6865 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
6866 time ((time_t *) &dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
6869 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
6874 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
6879 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
6880 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
6881 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6882 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
6885 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
6886 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
6889 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
6890 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
6891 entry of the first external symbol that is not
6892 referenced within the same object. */
6893 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
6896 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
6897 if (gg
->global_gotsym
)
6899 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
6902 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
6903 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
6904 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
6906 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
6908 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
6909 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
6910 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6912 if (s
->_cooked_size
!= 0)
6913 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->_cooked_size
/ elemsize
;
6915 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->_raw_size
/ elemsize
;
6918 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
6919 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
6922 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
6923 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
;
6926 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
6927 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
6928 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
6929 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
6933 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
6934 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
6935 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
6936 are trailing null entries. */
6937 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6938 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
6939 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
6940 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
6941 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
6950 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
6955 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
6956 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
6957 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
6958 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->_raw_size
> 0)
6960 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
);
6961 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0x80000000,
6962 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
6966 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
6967 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
6969 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
6970 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
6972 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
6975 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
6976 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
6978 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
6980 bfd_vma index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
;
6982 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
6983 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
6984 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0x80000000, sgot
->contents
6985 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
6990 while (index
< g
->assigned_gotno
)
6992 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
6993 = index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
6994 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
6995 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
6996 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6999 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
7006 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
7008 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
7010 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
7011 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
7015 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
7017 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
7018 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
7021 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
7022 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
7025 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
7026 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
7027 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
7030 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
7032 BFD_ASSERT (s
->_raw_size
>= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
7033 dummy_offset
= s
->_raw_size
- MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
7034 memset (s
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
7035 MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
7040 /* We need to sort the entries of the dynamic relocation section. */
7042 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
7045 && s
->_raw_size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
7047 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
7049 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
7050 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1, s
->reloc_count
- 1,
7051 sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
), sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
7053 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1, s
->reloc_count
- 1,
7054 sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
), sort_dynamic_relocs
);
7062 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
7065 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
7069 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
7072 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
7073 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
7076 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
7077 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
7080 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
7081 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
7084 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
7085 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
7086 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
7087 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
7088 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
7091 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
7092 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
7095 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
7096 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
7099 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
7100 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
7103 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
7104 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
7107 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
7108 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
7111 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
7112 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
7115 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
7116 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
7119 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
7120 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
7121 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
7122 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
7123 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
7124 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
7127 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
7128 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
7131 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
7132 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
7135 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
7136 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
7139 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
7140 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
7143 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
7144 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
7147 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
7148 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
7151 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
7152 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
7157 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
7158 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
7159 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7162 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
7163 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7166 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
7170 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
7171 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
7172 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
7173 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
7174 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
7176 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
7177 info for each special section. */
7178 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
7179 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
7182 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
7185 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
7186 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
7188 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7191 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
7192 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7193 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7194 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
7195 && strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0);
7196 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
7197 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7198 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7201 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
7202 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7203 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7204 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
7205 && strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content",
7206 sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) == 0);
7207 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7208 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
7209 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7210 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7213 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
7214 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
7216 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7217 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
7219 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7222 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
7223 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7224 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7225 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
7226 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0)
7227 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7228 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
7231 BFD_ASSERT (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
7232 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0);
7233 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7235 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
7237 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7238 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7245 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
7249 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
7254 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
7255 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7256 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
7259 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
7260 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
7261 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7262 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
7265 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
7266 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
7267 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
7268 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
7274 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
7277 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
7278 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7281 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
7284 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
7286 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7287 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7289 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7290 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
7295 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7299 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
7303 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
7304 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
7306 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
7307 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
7315 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
7316 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
7317 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
7320 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
7321 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
7322 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
7324 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7326 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
7327 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
7332 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
7334 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
7336 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
7337 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
7340 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
7341 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7342 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
7343 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
7344 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
7345 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
7346 options_segment
->count
= 1;
7347 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
7348 *pm
= options_segment
;
7353 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
7355 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
7356 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
7357 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
7358 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
7359 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
7361 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7362 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
7367 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7371 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
7373 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
7378 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7386 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
7387 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
7388 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
7398 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
7399 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
7401 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; *pm
!= NULL
;
7403 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
7406 if (m
!= NULL
&& IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
7408 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
7409 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
7410 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
7411 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
7412 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
7414 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
7415 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7419 && m
->count
== 1 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
7421 static const char *sec_names
[] =
7423 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
7427 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
7431 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
7433 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
7434 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7440 sz
= s
->_cooked_size
;
7443 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
7449 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7450 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
7453 + (s
->_cooked_size
!=
7454 0 ? s
->_cooked_size
: s
->_raw_size
)) <= high
))
7457 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
7458 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7465 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7467 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
7470 + (s
->_cooked_size
!= 0 ?
7471 s
->_cooked_size
: s
->_raw_size
)) <= high
))
7485 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
7489 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
7490 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7491 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7492 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
7493 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
7495 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
7499 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
7501 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7502 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7506 switch (h
->root
.type
)
7508 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
7509 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
7510 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
7512 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
7513 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
7521 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
7526 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
7529 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7530 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7531 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7532 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7535 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7536 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7537 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
7538 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
7539 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7540 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7542 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7543 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
7544 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
7546 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7547 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
7548 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
7552 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
7553 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
7554 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
7555 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
7556 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
7557 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
7558 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
7559 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
7560 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
7561 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
7572 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
7573 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
7574 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
7575 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
7578 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
7579 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
7580 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
7582 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
7584 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (bed
, dir
, ind
);
7586 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
7589 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
7590 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
7591 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
7592 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
7593 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
7594 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
7595 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
7599 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7600 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*entry
,
7601 bfd_boolean force_local
)
7605 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
7606 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7608 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
7609 if (h
->forced_local
)
7611 h
->forced_local
= force_local
;
7613 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7614 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& force_local
)
7616 got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
7617 g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
;
7621 struct mips_got_entry e
;
7622 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= g
;
7624 /* Since we're turning what used to be a global symbol into a
7625 local one, bump up the number of local entries of each GOT
7626 that had an entry for it. This will automatically decrease
7627 the number of global entries, since global_gotno is actually
7628 the upper limit of global entries. */
7633 for (g
= g
->next
; g
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
7634 if (htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
))
7636 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
7641 /* If this was a global symbol forced into the primary GOT, we
7642 no longer need an entry for it. We can't release the entry
7643 at this point, but we must at least stop counting it as one
7644 of the symbols that required a forced got entry. */
7645 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
7647 BFD_ASSERT (gg
->assigned_gotno
> 0);
7648 gg
->assigned_gotno
--;
7651 else if (g
->global_gotno
== 0 && g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
)
7652 /* If we haven't got through GOT allocation yet, just bump up the
7653 number of local entries, as this symbol won't be counted as
7656 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 1)
7658 /* If we're past non-multi-GOT allocation and this symbol had
7659 been marked for a global got entry, give it a local entry
7661 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
7667 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &h
->root
, force_local
);
7673 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
7674 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7677 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
7678 unsigned char *tdata
;
7681 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
7684 if (o
->_raw_size
== 0)
7686 if (o
->_raw_size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
7688 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
7689 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
7692 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->_raw_size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
7696 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
7704 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
7705 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
7707 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->_raw_size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
7709 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
7718 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
7719 o
->_cooked_size
= o
->_raw_size
- skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
7725 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
7726 free (cookie
->rels
);
7732 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
7734 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
7740 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, asection
*sec
,
7743 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
7746 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
7749 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
7753 end
= contents
+ sec
->_raw_size
;
7754 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
7756 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
7758 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
7761 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
7764 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
7765 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->_cooked_size
);
7769 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
7770 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
7772 struct mips_elf_find_line
7774 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
7775 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
7779 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
7780 asymbol
**symbols
, bfd_vma offset
,
7781 const char **filename_ptr
,
7782 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7783 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7787 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7788 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7792 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7793 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7794 line_ptr
, ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
7795 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
7798 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
7802 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
7803 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
7804 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
7806 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
7807 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
7808 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
7809 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
7810 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
7811 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
7813 fi
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
7816 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
7819 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
7820 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
7822 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7825 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
7829 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
7831 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
7835 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
7836 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
7837 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
7838 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
7840 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
7843 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
7844 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
7845 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
7846 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
7847 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
7848 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
7849 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
7851 elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
7853 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
7854 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
7855 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
7856 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
7857 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
7858 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
7861 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
7862 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7865 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
7869 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
7872 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
7874 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7875 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7879 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
7880 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
7881 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
7884 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
7885 const void *location
,
7886 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
7888 if (strcmp (section
->name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == 0)
7892 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
7894 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
7895 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7896 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
7899 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
7904 if (section
->_cooked_size
!= 0)
7905 size
= section
->_cooked_size
;
7907 size
= section
->_raw_size
;
7908 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
7911 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
7914 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
7917 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
7921 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
7922 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
7925 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
7927 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
7928 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
7930 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
7933 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
7934 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
7935 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
7937 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
7938 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
7944 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
7945 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
7948 /* read in the section */
7949 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0,
7950 input_section
->_raw_size
))
7953 /* We're not relaxing the section, so just copy the size info */
7954 input_section
->_cooked_size
= input_section
->_raw_size
;
7955 input_section
->reloc_done
= TRUE
;
7957 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
7961 if (reloc_count
< 0)
7964 if (reloc_count
> 0)
7969 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
7972 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
7973 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
7974 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
7975 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
7976 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
7980 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
7981 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
7988 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
7989 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
7990 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
7993 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
7994 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
7996 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
7998 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
7999 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
8001 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
8003 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
8012 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
8014 char *error_message
= NULL
;
8015 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
8017 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
8018 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
8019 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
8020 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
) && abfd
)
8022 /* The special_function wouldn't get called anyway. */
8026 /* The gp isn't there; let the special function code
8027 fall over on its own. */
8029 else if ((*parent
)->howto
->special_function
8030 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
8032 /* bypass special_function call */
8033 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
8034 input_section
, relocatable
,
8036 goto skip_bfd_perform_relocation
;
8038 /* end mips specific stuff */
8040 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
, input_section
,
8041 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
8043 skip_bfd_perform_relocation
:
8047 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
8049 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
8050 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
8054 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
8058 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
8059 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
8060 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
8061 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
,
8065 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
8066 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
8067 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
8068 (link_info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
8069 (*parent
)->address
)))
8072 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
8073 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
8074 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
8075 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
8076 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
)))
8079 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
8088 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
8089 free (reloc_vector
);
8093 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
8094 free (reloc_vector
);
8098 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
8100 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
8101 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
8103 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
8104 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
8106 ret
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
8110 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
8111 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
))
8118 /* We no longer use this. */
8119 for (i
= 0; i
< SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
; i
++)
8120 ret
->dynsym_sec_strindex
[i
] = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
8122 ret
->procedure_count
= 0;
8123 ret
->compact_rel_size
= 0;
8124 ret
->use_rld_obj_head
= FALSE
;
8126 ret
->mips16_stubs_seen
= FALSE
;
8128 return &ret
->root
.root
;
8131 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
8132 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
8133 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
8136 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8140 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
8141 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
8142 asection
*rtproc_sec
;
8143 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
8144 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
8145 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
8146 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
8147 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
8148 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
8154 static const char * const secname
[] =
8156 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
8157 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
8159 static const int sc
[] =
8161 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
8162 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
8165 /* We'd carefully arranged the dynamic symbol indices, and then the
8166 generic size_dynamic_sections renumbered them out from under us.
8167 Rather than trying somehow to prevent the renumbering, just do
8169 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8173 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
8175 /* When we resort, we must tell mips_elf_sort_hash_table what
8176 the lowest index it may use is. That's the number of section
8177 symbols we're going to add. The generic ELF linker only
8178 adds these symbols when building a shared object. Note that
8179 we count the sections after (possibly) removing the .options
8181 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, (info
->shared
8182 ? bfd_count_sections (abfd
) + 1
8186 /* Make sure we didn't grow the global .got region. */
8187 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8188 got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8189 g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
;
8191 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
8192 BFD_ASSERT ((elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
8193 - g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
8194 <= g
->global_gotno
);
8198 /* We want to set the GP value for ld -r. */
8199 /* On IRIX5, we omit the .options section. On IRIX6, however, we
8200 include it, even though we don't process it quite right. (Some
8201 entries are supposed to be merged.) Empirically, we seem to be
8202 better off including it then not. */
8203 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
|| IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
8204 for (secpp
= &abfd
->sections
; *secpp
!= NULL
; secpp
= &(*secpp
)->next
)
8206 if (strcmp ((*secpp
)->name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == 0)
8208 for (p
= (*secpp
)->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8209 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8210 p
->u
.indirect
.section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8211 (*secpp
)->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8212 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, secpp
);
8213 --abfd
->section_count
;
8219 /* We include .MIPS.options, even though we don't process it quite right.
8220 (Some entries are supposed to be merged.) At IRIX6 empirically we seem
8221 to be better off including it than not. */
8222 for (secpp
= &abfd
->sections
; *secpp
!= NULL
; secpp
= &(*secpp
)->next
)
8224 if (strcmp ((*secpp
)->name
, ".MIPS.options") == 0)
8226 for (p
= (*secpp
)->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8227 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8228 p
->u
.indirect
.section
->flags
&=~ SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8229 (*secpp
)->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8230 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, secpp
);
8231 --abfd
->section_count
;
8238 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
8239 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
8241 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8243 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
8244 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
8245 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
8246 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
8247 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
8248 else if (info
->relocatable
)
8250 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
8252 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
8253 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8255 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
8258 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
8259 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (abfd
);
8263 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
8264 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
8265 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
8269 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
8273 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
8274 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
8275 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8277 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
8279 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
8281 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
8282 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
8283 the information together. */
8284 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8286 asection
*input_section
;
8288 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
8291 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8293 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8298 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8299 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
8301 /* The linker emulation code has probably clobbered the
8302 size to be zero bytes. */
8303 if (input_section
->_raw_size
== 0)
8304 input_section
->_raw_size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
8306 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8307 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
8310 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
8312 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
8313 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
8314 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
8315 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
8316 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
8318 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
8319 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
8320 finally written out. */
8322 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8323 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8324 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8327 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
8328 BFD_ASSERT(o
->_raw_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
8330 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8331 matters, but someday it might). */
8332 o
->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8337 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
8339 struct extsym_info einfo
;
8342 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
8343 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
8344 the information together. */
8345 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
8346 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
8348 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
8352 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
8353 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
8354 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
8356 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
8359 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
8361 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
8362 debug_info structure. */
8364 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
8365 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
8366 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
8367 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
8368 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
8370 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
8371 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
8372 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
8373 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
8375 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
8376 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
8380 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
8384 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
8385 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
8386 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
8387 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
8389 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
8391 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
8392 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
8395 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
8396 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->_raw_size
;
8399 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
8400 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
8405 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8407 asection
*input_section
;
8409 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
8410 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
8414 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8416 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8421 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8422 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
8424 if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8425 || (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
8426 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
) == NULL
)
8428 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
8429 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
8430 want to deal with it. */
8434 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
8435 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
8437 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->_raw_size
);
8439 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
8440 read in the debugging information and set up an
8441 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
8442 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8446 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
8447 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
8448 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
8451 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
8452 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
8453 the linker global hash table and save the information
8454 for the output external symbols. */
8455 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
8456 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
8457 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
8458 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
8460 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
8461 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
8465 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8467 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
8468 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
8469 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
8470 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
8473 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
8474 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
8475 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
8476 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
8482 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
8483 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
8489 /* Free up the information we just read. */
8490 free (input_debug
.line
);
8491 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
8492 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
8493 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
8494 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
8495 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
8496 free (input_debug
.ss
);
8497 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
8498 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
8499 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
8500 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
8502 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8503 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8504 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8507 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && info
->shared
)
8509 /* Create .rtproc section. */
8510 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
8511 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
8513 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
8514 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
8516 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
8517 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
8518 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, flags
)
8519 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
8523 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
8529 /* Build the external symbol information. */
8532 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
8534 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
8535 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
8536 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
8540 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
8541 o
->_raw_size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
8543 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8544 matters, but someday it might). */
8545 o
->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8550 if (strncmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
8552 const char *subname
;
8555 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
8558 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
8559 information describing how the small data area would
8560 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
8561 not used in executables files. */
8562 if (! info
->relocatable
)
8564 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8566 asection
*input_section
;
8568 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8570 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8575 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8577 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8578 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8579 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8582 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
8583 currently matters, but someday it might). */
8584 o
->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8586 /* Really remove the section. */
8587 for (secpp
= &abfd
->sections
;
8589 secpp
= &(*secpp
)->next
)
8591 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, secpp
);
8592 --abfd
->section_count
;
8597 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
8598 uninitialized data. */
8599 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
8601 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
8605 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8606 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
8607 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
8608 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
8612 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
8613 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
8614 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
8615 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
8616 case we must change the name of the output section. */
8617 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
8618 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
8620 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
8621 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
8623 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
8624 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
8625 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
8628 /* Set up the first entry. */
8630 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
8631 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
8634 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
8635 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
8637 /* Combine the input sections. */
8638 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8640 asection
*input_section
;
8644 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
8646 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8648 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8653 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8654 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
8656 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
8657 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
8658 sorted by ascending -G value. */
8659 size
= bfd_section_size (input_bfd
, input_section
);
8661 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
8663 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
8665 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
8666 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
8672 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
8673 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
8674 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
8680 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
8682 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
8683 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
8686 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
8688 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
8689 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
8691 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
8697 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
8700 /* We need a new table entry. */
8701 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
8702 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
8703 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
8709 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
8710 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
8712 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
8713 value, since that will be implied by this new
8716 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
8718 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
8720 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
8721 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
8725 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
8726 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
8731 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
8734 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8735 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8736 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8739 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
8741 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
8743 /* Swap out the table. */
8744 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
8745 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8746 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
8752 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
8753 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
8756 o
->_raw_size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
8757 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
8759 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8760 matters, but someday it might). */
8761 o
->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8765 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
8766 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
8769 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
8771 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
8773 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
8775 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
8776 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
8780 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
8782 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
8783 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
8785 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
8788 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
8791 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
8793 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
8794 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
8795 0, gptab_data_sec
->_raw_size
))
8799 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
8801 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
8802 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
8803 0, gptab_bss_sec
->_raw_size
))
8807 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8809 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
8810 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
8812 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
8813 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
8814 0, rtproc_sec
->_raw_size
))
8822 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
8824 struct mips_mach_extension
{
8825 unsigned long extension
, base
;
8829 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
8830 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
8832 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] = {
8833 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
8834 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
8835 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
8837 /* MIPS V extensions. */
8838 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
8840 /* R10000 extensions. */
8841 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
8843 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
8844 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
8845 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
8846 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
8847 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
8848 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
8849 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
8851 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
8852 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
8853 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
8854 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
8855 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
8857 /* VR4100 extensions. */
8858 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
8859 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
8861 /* MIPS III extensions. */
8862 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8863 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8864 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8865 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8866 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8867 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8868 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8870 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
8871 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
8873 /* MIPS II extensions. */
8874 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
8875 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
8877 /* MIPS I extensions. */
8878 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
8879 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
8883 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
8886 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
8890 for (i
= 0; extension
!= base
&& i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
8891 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
8892 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
8894 return extension
== base
;
8898 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
8901 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
8903 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
8904 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
8905 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
8906 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
8907 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
8908 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
8909 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
);
8913 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
8914 object file when linking. */
8917 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
8922 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
8925 /* Check if we have the same endianess */
8926 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
8928 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8929 (_("%s: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
8930 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
));
8934 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8935 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8938 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
8940 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8941 (_("%s: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
8942 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
));
8946 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
8947 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
8948 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
8950 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
8952 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
8953 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
8954 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
8955 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
8957 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
8958 && bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
)
8960 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
8961 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
8968 /* Check flag compatibility. */
8970 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
8971 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
8973 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
8974 doesn't seem to matter. */
8975 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
8976 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
8978 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
8979 just be able to ignore this. */
8980 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
8981 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
8983 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
8986 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
8987 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
8988 actually cause any incompatibility. */
8989 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
8991 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
8992 which are automatically generated by gas. */
8993 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
8994 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
8995 && (sec
->_raw_size
!= 0
8996 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
8997 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
8998 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
9000 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
9009 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
9010 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
9012 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9013 (_("%s: warning: linking PIC files with non-PIC files"),
9014 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
));
9018 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
9019 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
9020 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
9021 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
9023 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
9024 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
9026 /* Compare the ISAs. */
9027 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
9029 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9030 (_("%s: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
9031 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
));
9034 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
9036 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
9037 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
9039 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
9040 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
9041 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
9042 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
9043 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
9044 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
9045 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9047 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
9048 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
9049 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
9050 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
9051 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9052 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9056 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
9057 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9058 (_("%s: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9059 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
),
9060 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
9061 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
9066 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9067 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9069 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
9070 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
9071 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
9072 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
9073 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
9075 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
9076 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9077 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
9078 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
9080 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9081 (_("%s: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9082 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
),
9083 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
9084 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
9087 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9088 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9091 /* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union). */
9092 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
9094 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9096 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9097 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9100 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
9101 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
9103 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9104 (_("%s: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
9105 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
), (unsigned long) new_flags
,
9106 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
9112 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9119 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
9122 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
9124 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
9125 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
9127 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
9128 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
9133 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
9137 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
9139 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
9140 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
9142 /* xgettext:c-format */
9143 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
9145 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
9146 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
9147 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
9148 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
9149 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
9150 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
9151 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
9152 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
9153 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9154 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
9155 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
9156 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
9157 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
9158 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
9160 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
9162 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
9163 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips1]"));
9164 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
9165 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips2]"));
9166 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
9167 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips3]"));
9168 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
9169 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips4]"));
9170 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
9171 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips5]"));
9172 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
9173 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips32]"));
9174 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
9175 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips64]"));
9176 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
9177 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips32r2]"));
9178 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
9179 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips64r2]"));
9181 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
9183 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
9184 fprintf (file
, _(" [mdmx]"));
9186 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
9187 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips16]"));
9189 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
9190 fprintf (file
, _(" [32bitmode]"));
9192 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
9199 struct bfd_elf_special_section
const _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[]=
9201 { ".sdata", 6, -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
9202 { ".sbss", 5, -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
9203 { ".lit4", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
9204 { ".lit8", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
9205 { ".ucode", 6, 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
9206 { ".mdebug", 7, 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
9207 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }